pesit southcampuspesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/co_qb.pdfgive a short sequence of machine...

25
PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world 10CS46: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION QUESTION BANK BASIC STRUCTURES OF COMPUTERS OBJECTIVE: Computer performs the function of storing and processing the information. It has various functional units, and has evolved to the present day form after generations. In this chapter we learn and understand basic operational concepts of a computer, its performance, and about the evolution of computer from 1 st generation to 4 th. 1. List the steps needed to execute the machine instruction Add LOC, R0 in terms of transfers between memory and processor and some simple control commands. Assume that the instruction itself is stored in the memory at location INSTR and that this address is initially in register PC. 08 2. Give a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location B, and place the answer in location C.” Instructions Load LOC, R i and Store R i , LOC are the only instructions available to transfer data between the memory and general purpose register R i . Do not destroy the contents of either location A or B. 08 3. Suppose that Move and Add instructions are available with the format Move / Add Location 1, Location 2 These instructions move or add a copy of the operand at first location to the second location, overwriting the original operand at the second location. Location can be in either the memory or the processor register set. Is it possible to use fewer instructions to accomplish the task in question 2? If Yes, give the sequence. 08

Upload: lethien

Post on 05-May-2018

423 views

Category:

Documents


12 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

10CS46 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

QUESTION BANK

BASIC STRUCTURES OF COMPUTERS

OBJECTIVE Computer performs the function of storing and processing the information It has

various functional units and has evolved to the present day form after generations In this

chapter we learn and understand basic operational concepts of a computer its performance and

about the evolution of computer from 1st generation to 4

th

1 List the steps needed to execute the machine instruction Add LOC R0 in terms of transfers

between memory and processor and some simple control commands Assume that the

instruction itself is stored in the memory at location INSTR and that this address is initially in

register PC

08

2 Give a short sequence of machine instructions for the task ldquoAdd the contents of memory

location A to those of location B and place the answer in location Crdquo

Instructions Load LOC Ri

and Store Ri LOC

are the only instructions available to transfer data between the memory and general purpose

register Ri Do not destroy the contents of either location A or B

08

3 Suppose that Move and Add instructions are available with the format

Move Add Location 1 Location 2

These instructions move or add a copy of the operand at first location to the second location

overwriting the original operand at the second location Location can be in either the memory

or the processor register set Is it possible to use fewer instructions to accomplish the task in

question 2 If Yes give the sequence

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

4 Explain different functional units of a digital computer Mention the functions of different

processor registers

a)IR b)MAR c)PC

08

5 List and explain the developments made during different generations of a computer 08

6 What is a bus Explain single bus structure in architecture 06

7 Explain how will you measure the performance of a computer 06

8 Explain the methods to improve the performance of a computer 06

9 Explain the function of processor registers with a block diagram 08

10 With a neat diagram explain the connections between the different processor register and the

memory

06

11 What is a bus Explain single bus and multiple bus structure used to interconnect functional

units

04

12 List three important differences between how the stacks and queues organized in memory

04

MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS amp PROGRAMS

OBJECTIVE Computer executes programs ie a set of instructions along with some operands

These instructions and operands are stored generally in memory In this chapter we study how

these instructions and operands are brought from memory to the processor and executed At the

end of the chapter one will know about machine instructions and program execution number

representation addressing modes operations on stack queue list linked-list and array data

structures

13 Represent the decimal values 5 -2 14 -10 26 -19 51 and ndash43 as signed 7- bit

numbers in the following binary formats

a) Sign-and-magnitude b) 1rsquos complement c) 2rsquos complement

10

14 (a) Convert the following pairs of decimal numbers to 5-bit signed 2rsquos- complement

binary numbers and add them State whether or not overflow occurs in each case

a) 5 and 10 b) 7 and 13 c) ndash14 and 11 d) ndash5 and 7 e) ndash3 and ndash8

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

(b) Repeat Part a for the subtract operation where the second number of each pair is

to be subtracted from the first number State whether or not overflow occurs in each

case

15 Given a binary pattern in some memory location is it possible to tell whether this

pattern represents a machine instruction or a number

04

16 A memory byte location contains the pattern 00101100 What does this pattern

represent when interpreted as a binary number What does it represent as an ASCII

code

04

17 Consider a computer that has a byte-addressable memory organized in 32-bit words

according to the big-endian scheme A program reads ASCII characters entered at a

keyboard and stores them in successive byte locations starting at location 1000

Show the contents of the two memory words at locations 1000 and 1004 after the

name ldquoJohnsonrdquo has been entered

06

18 A program reads ASCII characters representing the digits of a decimal number as

they are entered at a keyboard and stores the characters in successive memory bytes

Examine the ASCII code and indicate what operation is needed to convert each

character into an equivalent binary number

06

19 Write a program that can evaluate the expression

AB+CD

In a single-accumulator processor Assume that the processor has Load Store

Multiply and Add instructions and that all values fit in the accumulator

06

20 a)

Move AVEC R1

Move BVEC R2

Move N R3

Clear R0

LOOP Move (R1)+ R4

Multiply (R2)+ R4

Add R4 R0

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Decrement R3

Branchgt0 LOOP

Move R0 DOTPROD

Rewrite the dot product program above for an instruction set in which the

arithmetic and logic operators can only be applied to operands in processor

registers The two instructions Load and Store are used to transfer operands

between registers and the memory

b) Calculate the values of the constants k1 and k2 in the expression k1+k2n which

represents the number of memory accesses required to execute your program

for Part a including instruction word fetches Assume that each instruction

occupies a single word

21 ldquoHaving a large number of processor registers makes it possible to reduce the

number of memory accesses needed to perform complex tasksrdquo Devise a simple

computational task to show the validity of this statement for a processor that has four

registers compared to another that has only two registers

05

22 Registers R1 and R2 of a computer contains the decimal values 1200 and 4600 What

is the effective address of the memory operand in each of the following instructions

(a) load 20I R5 b) move 3000R5 c) store d) add R530(R1R2)

(e) add -(R2) R5 f) subtract (R1)+R5

06

23 Consider an array of numbers A (I j) where i=0 through n ndash 1 is the row index and

j=0 through m-1 is the column index The array will be stored in the memory of a

computer one row after another with elements of elements of each row occupying m

successive word locations Assume that the memory is byte-addressable and that the

word length is 32 bits Write a subroutine for adding column x to column y element

by element leaving the sum elements in column y The indices x and y are passed to

the subroutine in registers R1 and R2 The parameters n and m are passed to the

subroutine in registers R3 and R4 and the address of element A (00) is passed in

register R0 Any of the addressing modes in table 1 can be used At most one

operand of an instruction can be in memory

06

24 Both of the following statements cause the value 300 to be stored in location 1000

but at different times

05

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ORIGIN 1000

DATAWORD 300

and

move 300 1000

Explain the difference

25 Register R5 is used in a program to point to the top of a stack Write a sequence of

instructions using the Index Autoincrement and Autodecrement addressing modes

to perform each of the following tasks

(a) Pop the top two items off the stack and them and then push the result onto

the stack

(b) Copy the fifth item from the top into register R3

(c) Remove the top ten items from the stack

06

26 A FIFO queue of bites is to be implemented in the memory occupying a fixed region

of k bytes You need two pointers an IN pointer and an OUT pointer The IN pointer

keeps track of the location where the next byte is to be appended to the queue and the

OUT pointer keeps track of the location containing the next byte to be removed from

the queue

a) As data items are added to the queue they are added at successively higher

addresses until the end of the memory region is reached What happens next

when a new item is to be added to the queue

b) Choose a suitable definition for the IN and OUT pointers indicating what

they point to in the data structure Use a simple diagram to illustrate your

answer

c) Show that if the state of the queue is described only by the two pointers the

situations when the queue is completely full and completely empty are

indistinguishable

d) What condition would you add to solve the problem in part c

e) Propose a procedure for manipulating the two pointers IN and OUT to

append and remove items from the queue

08

27 Consider the queue structure described in the above problem Write APPEND and

REMOVE routines that transfer data between a processor register and the queue Be

careful to inspect and update the state of the queue and the pointers each time an

operation is attempted and performed

06

28 Consider the following possibilities for saving the return address of a subroutine

a) In a processor register

b) In a memory location associated with the call so that a different location is

used when the subroutine is called from different places

04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) On a stack

Which of these possibilities supports subroutine nesting and which supports

subroutine recursion (that is a subroutine that calls itself)

29 The subroutine call instruction of a computer saves the return address in a processor

register called the link register RL What would you do to allow subroutine nesting

Would your scheme allow the subroutine to call itself

05

30 Assume you want to organize subroutine calls on a computer as follows When

routine Main wishes to call subroutine SUB1 it calls an intermediate routine

CALLSUB and passes to it the address of SUB1 as a parameter in register R1

CALLSUB saves the return address on a stack making sure that the upper limit of

the stack is not exceeded Then it branches to SUB1 To return to the calling

program subroutine SUB1 calls another intermediate routine RETRN This routine

checks that the stack is not empty and then uses the top element to return to the

original calling program

Write routine CALLSUB and RETRN assuming that the subroutine call instruction

saves the return address in a link register RL The upper and lower limits of the

stack are recorded in memory locations UPPERLIMIT and LOWERLIMIT

respectively

06

31 Explain various forms of representation of numerical data Justify which is better

method with examples

06

32 Explain Big-Endian Little-Endian assignment and byte addressability 06

33 What is arithmetic overflowExplain how it can be detected with an illustration 08

34 Explain the Instruction Sequencing and its complete execution 05

35 What is an Instruction Explain its functionalities 06

36 Mention the four types of operations to be performed by an instruction in a

computerWhat are the basic types of instruction formats Give examples

06

37 Write the complete execution of Straight Line Sequencing with an example 05

38 Write a note on Branching Instruction with reference to the PC 05

39 What is Addressing Mode Explain various methods with examples 08

40 Write notes on

a) Register transfer notation B) Assembly language Notation C) Assembler

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Directives

41 Explain SUBROUTINE LINKAGE with example 04

42 Mention various parameter-passing techniques with examples 06

43 What is Stack Write the line of code to implement the same 04

44 What is a Queue Write the line of code for its implementation 04

45 Write a brief note on Input and output operations with a neat diagram 06

46 What do you understand by stack frame Discuss their use in sub-routines 10

47 Write a note on RISC and CISC machines 06

48 What are the instructions to manipulate bit wise data Explain 06

49 Write the use of ROTATE amp SHIFT Instructions with examples 06

50 Write a piece of code in ALP to implement the student record and compute average 08

51 Consider the memory system of a computer storing the following data

Address in Hex Data stored (binary)

2000 00111000

2001 00110100

2002 00110010

2003 00111001

Interpret the storage as numbers in the manner indicated below and find their

decimal values in each case

i) Big-endian storage of 2 hex words of 4-digits each

ii) Big-endian storage of 2 BCD words of 4-digits each

iii) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit signed hex word

iv) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit BCD word

(b) Give reasons to justify using generally

i) Single address instructions in 8-bit CPUrsquos

ii) Double address instruction in 16-bit CPUrsquos

iii) Three address instructions in RISC systems

In each of these systems give assembly language programs for performing the

operation

Data at mem A + Data at mem B -gt mem C

20

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 2: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

4 Explain different functional units of a digital computer Mention the functions of different

processor registers

a)IR b)MAR c)PC

08

5 List and explain the developments made during different generations of a computer 08

6 What is a bus Explain single bus structure in architecture 06

7 Explain how will you measure the performance of a computer 06

8 Explain the methods to improve the performance of a computer 06

9 Explain the function of processor registers with a block diagram 08

10 With a neat diagram explain the connections between the different processor register and the

memory

06

11 What is a bus Explain single bus and multiple bus structure used to interconnect functional

units

04

12 List three important differences between how the stacks and queues organized in memory

04

MACHINE INSTRUCTIONS amp PROGRAMS

OBJECTIVE Computer executes programs ie a set of instructions along with some operands

These instructions and operands are stored generally in memory In this chapter we study how

these instructions and operands are brought from memory to the processor and executed At the

end of the chapter one will know about machine instructions and program execution number

representation addressing modes operations on stack queue list linked-list and array data

structures

13 Represent the decimal values 5 -2 14 -10 26 -19 51 and ndash43 as signed 7- bit

numbers in the following binary formats

a) Sign-and-magnitude b) 1rsquos complement c) 2rsquos complement

10

14 (a) Convert the following pairs of decimal numbers to 5-bit signed 2rsquos- complement

binary numbers and add them State whether or not overflow occurs in each case

a) 5 and 10 b) 7 and 13 c) ndash14 and 11 d) ndash5 and 7 e) ndash3 and ndash8

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

(b) Repeat Part a for the subtract operation where the second number of each pair is

to be subtracted from the first number State whether or not overflow occurs in each

case

15 Given a binary pattern in some memory location is it possible to tell whether this

pattern represents a machine instruction or a number

04

16 A memory byte location contains the pattern 00101100 What does this pattern

represent when interpreted as a binary number What does it represent as an ASCII

code

04

17 Consider a computer that has a byte-addressable memory organized in 32-bit words

according to the big-endian scheme A program reads ASCII characters entered at a

keyboard and stores them in successive byte locations starting at location 1000

Show the contents of the two memory words at locations 1000 and 1004 after the

name ldquoJohnsonrdquo has been entered

06

18 A program reads ASCII characters representing the digits of a decimal number as

they are entered at a keyboard and stores the characters in successive memory bytes

Examine the ASCII code and indicate what operation is needed to convert each

character into an equivalent binary number

06

19 Write a program that can evaluate the expression

AB+CD

In a single-accumulator processor Assume that the processor has Load Store

Multiply and Add instructions and that all values fit in the accumulator

06

20 a)

Move AVEC R1

Move BVEC R2

Move N R3

Clear R0

LOOP Move (R1)+ R4

Multiply (R2)+ R4

Add R4 R0

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Decrement R3

Branchgt0 LOOP

Move R0 DOTPROD

Rewrite the dot product program above for an instruction set in which the

arithmetic and logic operators can only be applied to operands in processor

registers The two instructions Load and Store are used to transfer operands

between registers and the memory

b) Calculate the values of the constants k1 and k2 in the expression k1+k2n which

represents the number of memory accesses required to execute your program

for Part a including instruction word fetches Assume that each instruction

occupies a single word

21 ldquoHaving a large number of processor registers makes it possible to reduce the

number of memory accesses needed to perform complex tasksrdquo Devise a simple

computational task to show the validity of this statement for a processor that has four

registers compared to another that has only two registers

05

22 Registers R1 and R2 of a computer contains the decimal values 1200 and 4600 What

is the effective address of the memory operand in each of the following instructions

(a) load 20I R5 b) move 3000R5 c) store d) add R530(R1R2)

(e) add -(R2) R5 f) subtract (R1)+R5

06

23 Consider an array of numbers A (I j) where i=0 through n ndash 1 is the row index and

j=0 through m-1 is the column index The array will be stored in the memory of a

computer one row after another with elements of elements of each row occupying m

successive word locations Assume that the memory is byte-addressable and that the

word length is 32 bits Write a subroutine for adding column x to column y element

by element leaving the sum elements in column y The indices x and y are passed to

the subroutine in registers R1 and R2 The parameters n and m are passed to the

subroutine in registers R3 and R4 and the address of element A (00) is passed in

register R0 Any of the addressing modes in table 1 can be used At most one

operand of an instruction can be in memory

06

24 Both of the following statements cause the value 300 to be stored in location 1000

but at different times

05

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ORIGIN 1000

DATAWORD 300

and

move 300 1000

Explain the difference

25 Register R5 is used in a program to point to the top of a stack Write a sequence of

instructions using the Index Autoincrement and Autodecrement addressing modes

to perform each of the following tasks

(a) Pop the top two items off the stack and them and then push the result onto

the stack

(b) Copy the fifth item from the top into register R3

(c) Remove the top ten items from the stack

06

26 A FIFO queue of bites is to be implemented in the memory occupying a fixed region

of k bytes You need two pointers an IN pointer and an OUT pointer The IN pointer

keeps track of the location where the next byte is to be appended to the queue and the

OUT pointer keeps track of the location containing the next byte to be removed from

the queue

a) As data items are added to the queue they are added at successively higher

addresses until the end of the memory region is reached What happens next

when a new item is to be added to the queue

b) Choose a suitable definition for the IN and OUT pointers indicating what

they point to in the data structure Use a simple diagram to illustrate your

answer

c) Show that if the state of the queue is described only by the two pointers the

situations when the queue is completely full and completely empty are

indistinguishable

d) What condition would you add to solve the problem in part c

e) Propose a procedure for manipulating the two pointers IN and OUT to

append and remove items from the queue

08

27 Consider the queue structure described in the above problem Write APPEND and

REMOVE routines that transfer data between a processor register and the queue Be

careful to inspect and update the state of the queue and the pointers each time an

operation is attempted and performed

06

28 Consider the following possibilities for saving the return address of a subroutine

a) In a processor register

b) In a memory location associated with the call so that a different location is

used when the subroutine is called from different places

04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) On a stack

Which of these possibilities supports subroutine nesting and which supports

subroutine recursion (that is a subroutine that calls itself)

29 The subroutine call instruction of a computer saves the return address in a processor

register called the link register RL What would you do to allow subroutine nesting

Would your scheme allow the subroutine to call itself

05

30 Assume you want to organize subroutine calls on a computer as follows When

routine Main wishes to call subroutine SUB1 it calls an intermediate routine

CALLSUB and passes to it the address of SUB1 as a parameter in register R1

CALLSUB saves the return address on a stack making sure that the upper limit of

the stack is not exceeded Then it branches to SUB1 To return to the calling

program subroutine SUB1 calls another intermediate routine RETRN This routine

checks that the stack is not empty and then uses the top element to return to the

original calling program

Write routine CALLSUB and RETRN assuming that the subroutine call instruction

saves the return address in a link register RL The upper and lower limits of the

stack are recorded in memory locations UPPERLIMIT and LOWERLIMIT

respectively

06

31 Explain various forms of representation of numerical data Justify which is better

method with examples

06

32 Explain Big-Endian Little-Endian assignment and byte addressability 06

33 What is arithmetic overflowExplain how it can be detected with an illustration 08

34 Explain the Instruction Sequencing and its complete execution 05

35 What is an Instruction Explain its functionalities 06

36 Mention the four types of operations to be performed by an instruction in a

computerWhat are the basic types of instruction formats Give examples

06

37 Write the complete execution of Straight Line Sequencing with an example 05

38 Write a note on Branching Instruction with reference to the PC 05

39 What is Addressing Mode Explain various methods with examples 08

40 Write notes on

a) Register transfer notation B) Assembly language Notation C) Assembler

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Directives

41 Explain SUBROUTINE LINKAGE with example 04

42 Mention various parameter-passing techniques with examples 06

43 What is Stack Write the line of code to implement the same 04

44 What is a Queue Write the line of code for its implementation 04

45 Write a brief note on Input and output operations with a neat diagram 06

46 What do you understand by stack frame Discuss their use in sub-routines 10

47 Write a note on RISC and CISC machines 06

48 What are the instructions to manipulate bit wise data Explain 06

49 Write the use of ROTATE amp SHIFT Instructions with examples 06

50 Write a piece of code in ALP to implement the student record and compute average 08

51 Consider the memory system of a computer storing the following data

Address in Hex Data stored (binary)

2000 00111000

2001 00110100

2002 00110010

2003 00111001

Interpret the storage as numbers in the manner indicated below and find their

decimal values in each case

i) Big-endian storage of 2 hex words of 4-digits each

ii) Big-endian storage of 2 BCD words of 4-digits each

iii) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit signed hex word

iv) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit BCD word

(b) Give reasons to justify using generally

i) Single address instructions in 8-bit CPUrsquos

ii) Double address instruction in 16-bit CPUrsquos

iii) Three address instructions in RISC systems

In each of these systems give assembly language programs for performing the

operation

Data at mem A + Data at mem B -gt mem C

20

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 3: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

(b) Repeat Part a for the subtract operation where the second number of each pair is

to be subtracted from the first number State whether or not overflow occurs in each

case

15 Given a binary pattern in some memory location is it possible to tell whether this

pattern represents a machine instruction or a number

04

16 A memory byte location contains the pattern 00101100 What does this pattern

represent when interpreted as a binary number What does it represent as an ASCII

code

04

17 Consider a computer that has a byte-addressable memory organized in 32-bit words

according to the big-endian scheme A program reads ASCII characters entered at a

keyboard and stores them in successive byte locations starting at location 1000

Show the contents of the two memory words at locations 1000 and 1004 after the

name ldquoJohnsonrdquo has been entered

06

18 A program reads ASCII characters representing the digits of a decimal number as

they are entered at a keyboard and stores the characters in successive memory bytes

Examine the ASCII code and indicate what operation is needed to convert each

character into an equivalent binary number

06

19 Write a program that can evaluate the expression

AB+CD

In a single-accumulator processor Assume that the processor has Load Store

Multiply and Add instructions and that all values fit in the accumulator

06

20 a)

Move AVEC R1

Move BVEC R2

Move N R3

Clear R0

LOOP Move (R1)+ R4

Multiply (R2)+ R4

Add R4 R0

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Decrement R3

Branchgt0 LOOP

Move R0 DOTPROD

Rewrite the dot product program above for an instruction set in which the

arithmetic and logic operators can only be applied to operands in processor

registers The two instructions Load and Store are used to transfer operands

between registers and the memory

b) Calculate the values of the constants k1 and k2 in the expression k1+k2n which

represents the number of memory accesses required to execute your program

for Part a including instruction word fetches Assume that each instruction

occupies a single word

21 ldquoHaving a large number of processor registers makes it possible to reduce the

number of memory accesses needed to perform complex tasksrdquo Devise a simple

computational task to show the validity of this statement for a processor that has four

registers compared to another that has only two registers

05

22 Registers R1 and R2 of a computer contains the decimal values 1200 and 4600 What

is the effective address of the memory operand in each of the following instructions

(a) load 20I R5 b) move 3000R5 c) store d) add R530(R1R2)

(e) add -(R2) R5 f) subtract (R1)+R5

06

23 Consider an array of numbers A (I j) where i=0 through n ndash 1 is the row index and

j=0 through m-1 is the column index The array will be stored in the memory of a

computer one row after another with elements of elements of each row occupying m

successive word locations Assume that the memory is byte-addressable and that the

word length is 32 bits Write a subroutine for adding column x to column y element

by element leaving the sum elements in column y The indices x and y are passed to

the subroutine in registers R1 and R2 The parameters n and m are passed to the

subroutine in registers R3 and R4 and the address of element A (00) is passed in

register R0 Any of the addressing modes in table 1 can be used At most one

operand of an instruction can be in memory

06

24 Both of the following statements cause the value 300 to be stored in location 1000

but at different times

05

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ORIGIN 1000

DATAWORD 300

and

move 300 1000

Explain the difference

25 Register R5 is used in a program to point to the top of a stack Write a sequence of

instructions using the Index Autoincrement and Autodecrement addressing modes

to perform each of the following tasks

(a) Pop the top two items off the stack and them and then push the result onto

the stack

(b) Copy the fifth item from the top into register R3

(c) Remove the top ten items from the stack

06

26 A FIFO queue of bites is to be implemented in the memory occupying a fixed region

of k bytes You need two pointers an IN pointer and an OUT pointer The IN pointer

keeps track of the location where the next byte is to be appended to the queue and the

OUT pointer keeps track of the location containing the next byte to be removed from

the queue

a) As data items are added to the queue they are added at successively higher

addresses until the end of the memory region is reached What happens next

when a new item is to be added to the queue

b) Choose a suitable definition for the IN and OUT pointers indicating what

they point to in the data structure Use a simple diagram to illustrate your

answer

c) Show that if the state of the queue is described only by the two pointers the

situations when the queue is completely full and completely empty are

indistinguishable

d) What condition would you add to solve the problem in part c

e) Propose a procedure for manipulating the two pointers IN and OUT to

append and remove items from the queue

08

27 Consider the queue structure described in the above problem Write APPEND and

REMOVE routines that transfer data between a processor register and the queue Be

careful to inspect and update the state of the queue and the pointers each time an

operation is attempted and performed

06

28 Consider the following possibilities for saving the return address of a subroutine

a) In a processor register

b) In a memory location associated with the call so that a different location is

used when the subroutine is called from different places

04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) On a stack

Which of these possibilities supports subroutine nesting and which supports

subroutine recursion (that is a subroutine that calls itself)

29 The subroutine call instruction of a computer saves the return address in a processor

register called the link register RL What would you do to allow subroutine nesting

Would your scheme allow the subroutine to call itself

05

30 Assume you want to organize subroutine calls on a computer as follows When

routine Main wishes to call subroutine SUB1 it calls an intermediate routine

CALLSUB and passes to it the address of SUB1 as a parameter in register R1

CALLSUB saves the return address on a stack making sure that the upper limit of

the stack is not exceeded Then it branches to SUB1 To return to the calling

program subroutine SUB1 calls another intermediate routine RETRN This routine

checks that the stack is not empty and then uses the top element to return to the

original calling program

Write routine CALLSUB and RETRN assuming that the subroutine call instruction

saves the return address in a link register RL The upper and lower limits of the

stack are recorded in memory locations UPPERLIMIT and LOWERLIMIT

respectively

06

31 Explain various forms of representation of numerical data Justify which is better

method with examples

06

32 Explain Big-Endian Little-Endian assignment and byte addressability 06

33 What is arithmetic overflowExplain how it can be detected with an illustration 08

34 Explain the Instruction Sequencing and its complete execution 05

35 What is an Instruction Explain its functionalities 06

36 Mention the four types of operations to be performed by an instruction in a

computerWhat are the basic types of instruction formats Give examples

06

37 Write the complete execution of Straight Line Sequencing with an example 05

38 Write a note on Branching Instruction with reference to the PC 05

39 What is Addressing Mode Explain various methods with examples 08

40 Write notes on

a) Register transfer notation B) Assembly language Notation C) Assembler

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Directives

41 Explain SUBROUTINE LINKAGE with example 04

42 Mention various parameter-passing techniques with examples 06

43 What is Stack Write the line of code to implement the same 04

44 What is a Queue Write the line of code for its implementation 04

45 Write a brief note on Input and output operations with a neat diagram 06

46 What do you understand by stack frame Discuss their use in sub-routines 10

47 Write a note on RISC and CISC machines 06

48 What are the instructions to manipulate bit wise data Explain 06

49 Write the use of ROTATE amp SHIFT Instructions with examples 06

50 Write a piece of code in ALP to implement the student record and compute average 08

51 Consider the memory system of a computer storing the following data

Address in Hex Data stored (binary)

2000 00111000

2001 00110100

2002 00110010

2003 00111001

Interpret the storage as numbers in the manner indicated below and find their

decimal values in each case

i) Big-endian storage of 2 hex words of 4-digits each

ii) Big-endian storage of 2 BCD words of 4-digits each

iii) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit signed hex word

iv) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit BCD word

(b) Give reasons to justify using generally

i) Single address instructions in 8-bit CPUrsquos

ii) Double address instruction in 16-bit CPUrsquos

iii) Three address instructions in RISC systems

In each of these systems give assembly language programs for performing the

operation

Data at mem A + Data at mem B -gt mem C

20

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 4: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Decrement R3

Branchgt0 LOOP

Move R0 DOTPROD

Rewrite the dot product program above for an instruction set in which the

arithmetic and logic operators can only be applied to operands in processor

registers The two instructions Load and Store are used to transfer operands

between registers and the memory

b) Calculate the values of the constants k1 and k2 in the expression k1+k2n which

represents the number of memory accesses required to execute your program

for Part a including instruction word fetches Assume that each instruction

occupies a single word

21 ldquoHaving a large number of processor registers makes it possible to reduce the

number of memory accesses needed to perform complex tasksrdquo Devise a simple

computational task to show the validity of this statement for a processor that has four

registers compared to another that has only two registers

05

22 Registers R1 and R2 of a computer contains the decimal values 1200 and 4600 What

is the effective address of the memory operand in each of the following instructions

(a) load 20I R5 b) move 3000R5 c) store d) add R530(R1R2)

(e) add -(R2) R5 f) subtract (R1)+R5

06

23 Consider an array of numbers A (I j) where i=0 through n ndash 1 is the row index and

j=0 through m-1 is the column index The array will be stored in the memory of a

computer one row after another with elements of elements of each row occupying m

successive word locations Assume that the memory is byte-addressable and that the

word length is 32 bits Write a subroutine for adding column x to column y element

by element leaving the sum elements in column y The indices x and y are passed to

the subroutine in registers R1 and R2 The parameters n and m are passed to the

subroutine in registers R3 and R4 and the address of element A (00) is passed in

register R0 Any of the addressing modes in table 1 can be used At most one

operand of an instruction can be in memory

06

24 Both of the following statements cause the value 300 to be stored in location 1000

but at different times

05

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ORIGIN 1000

DATAWORD 300

and

move 300 1000

Explain the difference

25 Register R5 is used in a program to point to the top of a stack Write a sequence of

instructions using the Index Autoincrement and Autodecrement addressing modes

to perform each of the following tasks

(a) Pop the top two items off the stack and them and then push the result onto

the stack

(b) Copy the fifth item from the top into register R3

(c) Remove the top ten items from the stack

06

26 A FIFO queue of bites is to be implemented in the memory occupying a fixed region

of k bytes You need two pointers an IN pointer and an OUT pointer The IN pointer

keeps track of the location where the next byte is to be appended to the queue and the

OUT pointer keeps track of the location containing the next byte to be removed from

the queue

a) As data items are added to the queue they are added at successively higher

addresses until the end of the memory region is reached What happens next

when a new item is to be added to the queue

b) Choose a suitable definition for the IN and OUT pointers indicating what

they point to in the data structure Use a simple diagram to illustrate your

answer

c) Show that if the state of the queue is described only by the two pointers the

situations when the queue is completely full and completely empty are

indistinguishable

d) What condition would you add to solve the problem in part c

e) Propose a procedure for manipulating the two pointers IN and OUT to

append and remove items from the queue

08

27 Consider the queue structure described in the above problem Write APPEND and

REMOVE routines that transfer data between a processor register and the queue Be

careful to inspect and update the state of the queue and the pointers each time an

operation is attempted and performed

06

28 Consider the following possibilities for saving the return address of a subroutine

a) In a processor register

b) In a memory location associated with the call so that a different location is

used when the subroutine is called from different places

04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) On a stack

Which of these possibilities supports subroutine nesting and which supports

subroutine recursion (that is a subroutine that calls itself)

29 The subroutine call instruction of a computer saves the return address in a processor

register called the link register RL What would you do to allow subroutine nesting

Would your scheme allow the subroutine to call itself

05

30 Assume you want to organize subroutine calls on a computer as follows When

routine Main wishes to call subroutine SUB1 it calls an intermediate routine

CALLSUB and passes to it the address of SUB1 as a parameter in register R1

CALLSUB saves the return address on a stack making sure that the upper limit of

the stack is not exceeded Then it branches to SUB1 To return to the calling

program subroutine SUB1 calls another intermediate routine RETRN This routine

checks that the stack is not empty and then uses the top element to return to the

original calling program

Write routine CALLSUB and RETRN assuming that the subroutine call instruction

saves the return address in a link register RL The upper and lower limits of the

stack are recorded in memory locations UPPERLIMIT and LOWERLIMIT

respectively

06

31 Explain various forms of representation of numerical data Justify which is better

method with examples

06

32 Explain Big-Endian Little-Endian assignment and byte addressability 06

33 What is arithmetic overflowExplain how it can be detected with an illustration 08

34 Explain the Instruction Sequencing and its complete execution 05

35 What is an Instruction Explain its functionalities 06

36 Mention the four types of operations to be performed by an instruction in a

computerWhat are the basic types of instruction formats Give examples

06

37 Write the complete execution of Straight Line Sequencing with an example 05

38 Write a note on Branching Instruction with reference to the PC 05

39 What is Addressing Mode Explain various methods with examples 08

40 Write notes on

a) Register transfer notation B) Assembly language Notation C) Assembler

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Directives

41 Explain SUBROUTINE LINKAGE with example 04

42 Mention various parameter-passing techniques with examples 06

43 What is Stack Write the line of code to implement the same 04

44 What is a Queue Write the line of code for its implementation 04

45 Write a brief note on Input and output operations with a neat diagram 06

46 What do you understand by stack frame Discuss their use in sub-routines 10

47 Write a note on RISC and CISC machines 06

48 What are the instructions to manipulate bit wise data Explain 06

49 Write the use of ROTATE amp SHIFT Instructions with examples 06

50 Write a piece of code in ALP to implement the student record and compute average 08

51 Consider the memory system of a computer storing the following data

Address in Hex Data stored (binary)

2000 00111000

2001 00110100

2002 00110010

2003 00111001

Interpret the storage as numbers in the manner indicated below and find their

decimal values in each case

i) Big-endian storage of 2 hex words of 4-digits each

ii) Big-endian storage of 2 BCD words of 4-digits each

iii) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit signed hex word

iv) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit BCD word

(b) Give reasons to justify using generally

i) Single address instructions in 8-bit CPUrsquos

ii) Double address instruction in 16-bit CPUrsquos

iii) Three address instructions in RISC systems

In each of these systems give assembly language programs for performing the

operation

Data at mem A + Data at mem B -gt mem C

20

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 5: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ORIGIN 1000

DATAWORD 300

and

move 300 1000

Explain the difference

25 Register R5 is used in a program to point to the top of a stack Write a sequence of

instructions using the Index Autoincrement and Autodecrement addressing modes

to perform each of the following tasks

(a) Pop the top two items off the stack and them and then push the result onto

the stack

(b) Copy the fifth item from the top into register R3

(c) Remove the top ten items from the stack

06

26 A FIFO queue of bites is to be implemented in the memory occupying a fixed region

of k bytes You need two pointers an IN pointer and an OUT pointer The IN pointer

keeps track of the location where the next byte is to be appended to the queue and the

OUT pointer keeps track of the location containing the next byte to be removed from

the queue

a) As data items are added to the queue they are added at successively higher

addresses until the end of the memory region is reached What happens next

when a new item is to be added to the queue

b) Choose a suitable definition for the IN and OUT pointers indicating what

they point to in the data structure Use a simple diagram to illustrate your

answer

c) Show that if the state of the queue is described only by the two pointers the

situations when the queue is completely full and completely empty are

indistinguishable

d) What condition would you add to solve the problem in part c

e) Propose a procedure for manipulating the two pointers IN and OUT to

append and remove items from the queue

08

27 Consider the queue structure described in the above problem Write APPEND and

REMOVE routines that transfer data between a processor register and the queue Be

careful to inspect and update the state of the queue and the pointers each time an

operation is attempted and performed

06

28 Consider the following possibilities for saving the return address of a subroutine

a) In a processor register

b) In a memory location associated with the call so that a different location is

used when the subroutine is called from different places

04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) On a stack

Which of these possibilities supports subroutine nesting and which supports

subroutine recursion (that is a subroutine that calls itself)

29 The subroutine call instruction of a computer saves the return address in a processor

register called the link register RL What would you do to allow subroutine nesting

Would your scheme allow the subroutine to call itself

05

30 Assume you want to organize subroutine calls on a computer as follows When

routine Main wishes to call subroutine SUB1 it calls an intermediate routine

CALLSUB and passes to it the address of SUB1 as a parameter in register R1

CALLSUB saves the return address on a stack making sure that the upper limit of

the stack is not exceeded Then it branches to SUB1 To return to the calling

program subroutine SUB1 calls another intermediate routine RETRN This routine

checks that the stack is not empty and then uses the top element to return to the

original calling program

Write routine CALLSUB and RETRN assuming that the subroutine call instruction

saves the return address in a link register RL The upper and lower limits of the

stack are recorded in memory locations UPPERLIMIT and LOWERLIMIT

respectively

06

31 Explain various forms of representation of numerical data Justify which is better

method with examples

06

32 Explain Big-Endian Little-Endian assignment and byte addressability 06

33 What is arithmetic overflowExplain how it can be detected with an illustration 08

34 Explain the Instruction Sequencing and its complete execution 05

35 What is an Instruction Explain its functionalities 06

36 Mention the four types of operations to be performed by an instruction in a

computerWhat are the basic types of instruction formats Give examples

06

37 Write the complete execution of Straight Line Sequencing with an example 05

38 Write a note on Branching Instruction with reference to the PC 05

39 What is Addressing Mode Explain various methods with examples 08

40 Write notes on

a) Register transfer notation B) Assembly language Notation C) Assembler

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Directives

41 Explain SUBROUTINE LINKAGE with example 04

42 Mention various parameter-passing techniques with examples 06

43 What is Stack Write the line of code to implement the same 04

44 What is a Queue Write the line of code for its implementation 04

45 Write a brief note on Input and output operations with a neat diagram 06

46 What do you understand by stack frame Discuss their use in sub-routines 10

47 Write a note on RISC and CISC machines 06

48 What are the instructions to manipulate bit wise data Explain 06

49 Write the use of ROTATE amp SHIFT Instructions with examples 06

50 Write a piece of code in ALP to implement the student record and compute average 08

51 Consider the memory system of a computer storing the following data

Address in Hex Data stored (binary)

2000 00111000

2001 00110100

2002 00110010

2003 00111001

Interpret the storage as numbers in the manner indicated below and find their

decimal values in each case

i) Big-endian storage of 2 hex words of 4-digits each

ii) Big-endian storage of 2 BCD words of 4-digits each

iii) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit signed hex word

iv) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit BCD word

(b) Give reasons to justify using generally

i) Single address instructions in 8-bit CPUrsquos

ii) Double address instruction in 16-bit CPUrsquos

iii) Three address instructions in RISC systems

In each of these systems give assembly language programs for performing the

operation

Data at mem A + Data at mem B -gt mem C

20

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 6: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) On a stack

Which of these possibilities supports subroutine nesting and which supports

subroutine recursion (that is a subroutine that calls itself)

29 The subroutine call instruction of a computer saves the return address in a processor

register called the link register RL What would you do to allow subroutine nesting

Would your scheme allow the subroutine to call itself

05

30 Assume you want to organize subroutine calls on a computer as follows When

routine Main wishes to call subroutine SUB1 it calls an intermediate routine

CALLSUB and passes to it the address of SUB1 as a parameter in register R1

CALLSUB saves the return address on a stack making sure that the upper limit of

the stack is not exceeded Then it branches to SUB1 To return to the calling

program subroutine SUB1 calls another intermediate routine RETRN This routine

checks that the stack is not empty and then uses the top element to return to the

original calling program

Write routine CALLSUB and RETRN assuming that the subroutine call instruction

saves the return address in a link register RL The upper and lower limits of the

stack are recorded in memory locations UPPERLIMIT and LOWERLIMIT

respectively

06

31 Explain various forms of representation of numerical data Justify which is better

method with examples

06

32 Explain Big-Endian Little-Endian assignment and byte addressability 06

33 What is arithmetic overflowExplain how it can be detected with an illustration 08

34 Explain the Instruction Sequencing and its complete execution 05

35 What is an Instruction Explain its functionalities 06

36 Mention the four types of operations to be performed by an instruction in a

computerWhat are the basic types of instruction formats Give examples

06

37 Write the complete execution of Straight Line Sequencing with an example 05

38 Write a note on Branching Instruction with reference to the PC 05

39 What is Addressing Mode Explain various methods with examples 08

40 Write notes on

a) Register transfer notation B) Assembly language Notation C) Assembler

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Directives

41 Explain SUBROUTINE LINKAGE with example 04

42 Mention various parameter-passing techniques with examples 06

43 What is Stack Write the line of code to implement the same 04

44 What is a Queue Write the line of code for its implementation 04

45 Write a brief note on Input and output operations with a neat diagram 06

46 What do you understand by stack frame Discuss their use in sub-routines 10

47 Write a note on RISC and CISC machines 06

48 What are the instructions to manipulate bit wise data Explain 06

49 Write the use of ROTATE amp SHIFT Instructions with examples 06

50 Write a piece of code in ALP to implement the student record and compute average 08

51 Consider the memory system of a computer storing the following data

Address in Hex Data stored (binary)

2000 00111000

2001 00110100

2002 00110010

2003 00111001

Interpret the storage as numbers in the manner indicated below and find their

decimal values in each case

i) Big-endian storage of 2 hex words of 4-digits each

ii) Big-endian storage of 2 BCD words of 4-digits each

iii) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit signed hex word

iv) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit BCD word

(b) Give reasons to justify using generally

i) Single address instructions in 8-bit CPUrsquos

ii) Double address instruction in 16-bit CPUrsquos

iii) Three address instructions in RISC systems

In each of these systems give assembly language programs for performing the

operation

Data at mem A + Data at mem B -gt mem C

20

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 7: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Directives

41 Explain SUBROUTINE LINKAGE with example 04

42 Mention various parameter-passing techniques with examples 06

43 What is Stack Write the line of code to implement the same 04

44 What is a Queue Write the line of code for its implementation 04

45 Write a brief note on Input and output operations with a neat diagram 06

46 What do you understand by stack frame Discuss their use in sub-routines 10

47 Write a note on RISC and CISC machines 06

48 What are the instructions to manipulate bit wise data Explain 06

49 Write the use of ROTATE amp SHIFT Instructions with examples 06

50 Write a piece of code in ALP to implement the student record and compute average 08

51 Consider the memory system of a computer storing the following data

Address in Hex Data stored (binary)

2000 00111000

2001 00110100

2002 00110010

2003 00111001

Interpret the storage as numbers in the manner indicated below and find their

decimal values in each case

i) Big-endian storage of 2 hex words of 4-digits each

ii) Big-endian storage of 2 BCD words of 4-digits each

iii) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit signed hex word

iv) Little-endian storage in ASCII of a 4-digit BCD word

(b) Give reasons to justify using generally

i) Single address instructions in 8-bit CPUrsquos

ii) Double address instruction in 16-bit CPUrsquos

iii) Three address instructions in RISC systems

In each of these systems give assembly language programs for performing the

operation

Data at mem A + Data at mem B -gt mem C

20

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 8: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

52 Write an assembly program to multiply 2 memory arrays and store their result in a

third memory array

a(i) b(i) = c(i) for i=0 to n-1 Consider loadstore and 3-address system

10

53 What are assembler directive Explain any two directives 06

54 Explain Logical Shift and Rotate instructions with examples 06

55 Write an assembly language program to solve an expression ax2 + bx + c = 0 using

two addressing modes

06

56 Register RI and R2 of computer contain the decimal value 1200 and 4600 What is

the

effective address of the source operand in each of the following instructions

i) Load 20(Rl) R5

ii) Hove 3000 R5

iii) Store R5 30(Rl R2)

iv) Add -(R2) R5

v) Subtract (RI)+ R5

05

57 Mention four types of operations required to be performed by

instructions in a computer Show how the operation C= A+B can be

implemented using

iThree address instruction

iiTwo address instruction

iiiOne address instruction

6

58 Explain branching with a neat diagram 04

59 What is an addressing mode List the different types of addressing modes Explain

index addressing mode with example program

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 9: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

60 List few condition codes

04

61 What is subroutine linkage Explain with an example using link register

06

62 For a simple example of IO operations involving a keyboard and a display device

write a ALP that reads one line from the keyboard stores it in memory buffer and

echoes it back to the display

06

63 Explain the following instructions with example

a) Logical

b) Rotate - (RLCRL)

06

INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION

OBJECTIVE One of the basic features of a computer is its ability to exchange data with other

devices It means computer performs various inputoutput operations In this chapter we will

learn in detail about how these operations are performed We will know about program-

controlled IO using polling interrupts direct memory access data transfer over synchronous

and asynchronous buses and about PCI SCSI and USB buses

64 What is Program Controlled IO Explain 05

65 Differentiate memory mapped IO and IO mapped IO 04

66 Explain with a neat diagram the single bus organization 05

67 What is Interrupt driven IO Explain how an IO is serviced 06

68 What is an ISR Write how interrupts are enabled or disabled 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 10: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

69 Explain any two methods of handling multiple IO devices 06

70 What are Vectored Interrupts Explain 06

71 What are Priority Interrupts Explain 05

72 What is DMA Explain 06

73 Why does DMA have priority over the CPU when both request a memory transfer 04

74 What is bus arbitration Explain how it is resolved when requested for service by both

processor and memory

06

75 Explain different types of arbitration 04

76 What is IO BUS Explain 04

77 Explain different types of data Transfer methods 06

78 What is Synchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

79 What is Asynchronous Bus Transfer Explain with a timing diagram 08

80 What is an Interface Write a note on its types 06

81 Write a note on Serial Interface 04

82 Write a note on Parallel Interface 04

83 Write a note on Standard Interfaces 04

84 Write a note on Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Bus 04

85 Explain data transfer using PCI Bus 04

86 Write a note on SCSI bus signals 06

87 Explain SCSI USB and PCI Bus 05

88 Differentiate all the three buses 04

89 Write a note on USB protocols 04

90 Explain how a read operation is performed using PCI Bus 04

91 Explain the USB architecture with a neat diagram 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 11: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

92 Explain how USB operates using split-traffic mode How can it be connected to two fast and

one slow device

10

93 Write a note on addressing scheme used in USB 04

94 a) Explain how interrupt request from several IO devices can be communicated to a processor

through a single INTR line

b) Which type of IO devices is interfaced through DMA

c) Explain the bus-arbitration process used for DMA

10

95 Explain the general features of interfacing a parallel IO port to a processor 10

96 Consider the daisy chain arrangement shown in figure 3 (available at the end of the Q-bank) in

which the bus request signal from the IO is directly fed back as grant signal Assume device

IO3 requests the bus and begins using it When the device is finished it deactivates BR3

Assume the delay from BGi to BGi+1 in any device is d Show that a spurious bus-grant pulse

will travel down stream from device 3 Estimate the width of this pulse

10

97 Why is bus arbitration required Explain with block diagram bus arbitration using daisy chain 08

With a block diagram explain how a keyboard is connected to a processor 06

98 A CPU with a 20-MHz clock is connected to a memory unit whose access time is 40 ns

Formulate a read and write timing diagrams using a READ strobe and a WRITE strobe

Include the address in the timing diagram

08

99 Obtain the truth table of an 8x3 priority encoder Assume that the three outputs xyz from the

priority encoder are used to provide a vector address of the form 101xyz00 List the eight

vector addresses starting from the one with the highest priority

10

100 What programming steps are required to check when a source interrupts the computer while it

is still being serviced by a previous interrupt request from the same source

08

101 Why are the read and write control lines in a DMA controller bi-directional Under what

condition and for what purpose are they used as inputs Under what condition and for what

purpose are they used as outputs

06

102 What is the basic advantage of using interrupt-initiated data transfer over transfer under

program control without an interrupt

04

103 The address of a terminal connected to a data communication processor consists of two letters 04

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 12: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

of the alphabet or a letter followed by one of the 10 numerals How many different addresses

can be formulated

104 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines

using vectored interrupts

04

105 Explain the followings with respect to USB

i) USB architecture

ii) USB addressing

iii) USB protocols

08

106 Describe the split bus operation How can it be connected to two fast devices and one slow

device

08

107 How can the processor obtain the starting address of different interrupt-service routines using

vectored interrupts

04

108 List out the functions of an IO interface with the help of a diagram 06

109 What are Interrupt nesting Briefly bring out the methods involved in the processor attending

to simultaneous requesting

06

THE MEMORY SYSTEM

OBJECTIVE Programs and the data operated on are stored in the memory of a computer The

execution speed of programs is highly dependent on the speed with which instructions and data

can be transferred between the processor and the memory In this chapter you will learn about

basic memory circuits organization of the main memory cache memory virtual memory

mechanism magnetic disks optical disks and magnetic tapes

110 Explain the memory operations Read and Write 08

111 Mention the various memory performance parameters 08

112 Explain the following

a) Primary memory b) Secondary memory

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 13: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

c) Tertiary memory d) Block transfer in menu hierarchy

113 What is refreshing Explain the concept of refreshing in dynamic memory 05

114 Explain the static RAM cell design 05

115 Explain the dynamic RAM 05

116 Explain the following

a) PROM b) EPROM c) Flash e) EEPROM

08

117 Explain the general properties of a 2 level hierarchy 05

118 Explain the following

a) Hit ratio b) Miss ratio

04

119 Given a hit ratio of 092 and cache access time of 40 ns and main memory access time of 300

ns calculate the average access time

04

120 Differentiate between Miss penalty and hit rate 05

121 With a suitable block diagram explain the cache swapping function 08

122 Write a note on virtual memory and give the advantages 08

123 Explain the following

a) Effective address b) Logical address c) Virtual address d) Physical address

08

124 Explain memory management using segmentation and paging 10

125 Differentiate between internal fragmentation and external fragmentation 05

126 Explain the following

a) Multiprogramming b) Page placement

08

127 Explain the structure and operation of translation look- aside buffer 08

128 Explain the operation of memory hierarchy with block diagram 08

129 Explain the ReadWrite operation of an SRAM cell designed using CMOS with the help of a

neat diagram

06

130 Discuss the organization of 1K x 1 memory cell 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 14: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

131 Describe the operation of 2M x 8 asynchronous DRAM chip 06

132 Discuss the main features of SDRAM with a neat diagram 06

133 Write a note on memory expansion Show how a 8K x 8 memory can be obtained using 2K x 8

chips

06

134 Write a block diagram of 256K x 8 memory using 256K x 1 chips 06

135 Design a 4M x 32 module using 512K x 8 memory chips Show the address lines and control

signals required

08

136 Write briefly about Read only memories 04

137 Describe the terms latency bandwidth locality of reference mapping function and

replacement algorithm with reference to cache memory

08

138 Discuss how read and write operations are carried out in a cache memory 06

139 Consider a system having 512K main memory organized as 16K blocks of 32 words each and

a cache memory of 16K arranged as 512 blocks of 32 words each Show how the mapping is

done using direct mapping

08

140 A set-associative cache consists of 128 blocks divided into 4 block set The main memory has

8192 blocks each consists of 128 words

a How many address bits are required to access a main memory location

b What are the number of bits in TAG SET and WORD fields

06

141 A computer has L1 and L2 caches The cache block consists of a 8 words The hit rate is 095

for both caches The time required to access an 8-word block in L1 cache is 1 cycle and in L2

cache is 10 cycles Time needed to access L1 cache is 1 cycle L2 cache is 10 cycles and main

memory is 50 cycles Calculate the average access time experienced by the processor

05

142 Consider a disk unit having 24 surfaces and 14000 cylinders There are 400 sectors per track

with each sector having 512 bytes of data

c What is the total capacity of the disk in bytes

d What is the data transfer rate in bytes per second at a rotational speed of 6000 rpm

04

143 Describe SDRAM and DDR SDRAM operations for data transfer between main memory and

cache memory systems

10

144 Consider a processor running a program 30 of the instructions of which require a memory

read or write operation if the cache bit ratio is 095 for instructions and 09 for data When a

cache bit occurs for instruction or for data only one clock is needed while the cache miss

penalty is 17 clocks to readwrite on the main memory Work out the time saved by using the

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 15: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

cache given the total number of instructions executed is 1 million

145 How read and write operation takes place in 1KX 1 memory chip Explain 06

146 Explain any two cache mapping functions 08

147 What are the key factors that affect the performance and cost of a computer with respect to

memory Explain briefly

06

148 Explain the working principles of magnetic disk 08

149 A magnetic disk system has the following parameters

Ts = average time to position the magnetic head over a track

R = rotation speed of disk in revolutions per second

Nt = number of bits per track

Ns = number of bits per sector

Calculate the average time Ta that it will take to read one sector

04

150 An 8-bit computer has a 16-bit address bus The first 15 lines of the address are used to select a

bank of 32K bytes of memory The high-order bit of the address is used to select a register

which receives the contents of the data bus Explain how this configuration can be used to

extend the memory capacity of the system to eight banks of 32K bytes each for a total of

256K bytes of memory

06

151 A digital computer has a memory unit of 64K x 16 and a cache memory of 1K words The

cache uses direct mapping with a block size of four words

a How many bits are there in the tag index block and word fields of the address format

b How many bits are there in each word of cache and how are they divided into functions

Include a valid bit

c How many blocks can the cache accommodate

08

152 A two-way set associative cache memory uses blocks of four words The cache can

accommodate a total of 2048 words from main memory The main memory size is 128Kx32

e Formulate all pertinent information required to construct the cache memory

f What is the size of the cache memory

06

153 A virtual memory has a page size of 1K words There are eight pages and four blocks The 06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 16: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

associative memory page table contains the following entries

Page Block

a 3

b 1

a 2

a 0

Make a list of all virtual addresses (in decimal) that will cause a page fault if used by the CPU

154 The logical address space in a computer system consists of 128 segments Each segment can

have upto 32 pages of 4K words in each Physical memory consists of 4K blocks of 4K words

in each Formulate the logical and physical address formats

06

155 a What is the memory layout of the 16-bit value ABCDH in a big-endian 16-bit machine and

a little-endian 16-bit machine

b What would the layouts be in 32-bit machines

05

156 What would the layout of the following data structure be in little-endian and big-endian

machines

char d[7] lsquo1rsquo lsquo2rsquo lsquo3rsquo lsquo4rsquo lsquo5rsquo lsquo6rsquo lsquo7rsquo byte array

04

157 Explain different mapping functions used in cache memory 10

158 What do you mean by memory interleaving Explain 04

159 Explain the working of a single-transistor dynamic memory cell 07

160 Explain with block diagram how TLB is used in implementing virtual memory 08

161 Mention any two difference between static and dynamic RAMrsquos Explain the internal

organization of a memory chip consisting of 16 words of 8 bit each

08

162 Why bus arbitration is required Explain with block diagram distributed bus arbitration

06

163 Define exceptions Explain two kinds of exceptions 04

164 Describe a ROM cell Explain the various types of ROM 05

165 Draw neat timing diagrams and explain

i Multi-cycle synchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 17: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

ii Asynchronous bus transfer for a read transfer

166 Bring out the difference between Memory Mapped IO and Isolated IO 06

167 Explain how an address generated by the processor gets translated into main memory address 10

ARITHMETIC UNIT

OBJECTIVE A basic operation in all digital computers is the addition or subtraction of two

numbers Arithmetic operations occur at the machine instruction level They are implemented

along with basic logic functions In this chapter we learn about design of arithmetic and logic

unit viz Adders Multiplications etc boothrsquos algorithm representation of Floating point

numbers in IEEE standards and its implementation

168 Explain 2rsquos complement Adder Subtracter with a suitable block diagram 08

169 Differentiate restoring and non restoring division 04

170 Write the algorithm for binary division using restoring division method 04

171 Give the Pseudocode for multiplying 2 m-digit unsigned integers 05

172 Explain 2rsquos complement multiplier with suitable block diagram 08

173 Write the procedure for integer division for dividing (101101)2 (45)10 by (000110)2 (6)10 05

174 Explain floating-point addition and subtraction with a suitable example and also give the hw

structure for that

08

175 Give the procedure for floating-point multiplication and division 05

176 Perform addition and subtraction on the following pairs of numbers represented in 2rsquos-

complement format In each case verify whether overflow has occurred or not The numbers

are represented using 7-bits including the sign bit

a) +25 and +38 b) +33 and +51 c) ndash24 and +63 d) ndash23 and ndash

57 e) ndash12 and ndash40 f) ndash62 and +18

06

177 Show how to implement a full adder using half-adders and external logic gates 08

178 Design a BCD adder for adding 2 decimal digits using 4-bit binary adder and external logic

gates The inputs are A = A3 A2A1A0 and B = B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in cin bit The range of A

and B is from 0 to 9

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 18: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

179 Work out the multi level look-ahead carry scheme for doing a 32-bit number addition How

many gate delays are required to do the complete addition in this method

10

180 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit ripple-carry adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz

08

181 Design a 16-bit adder using 4-bit carry-lookahead adder blocks Calculate the time required to

generate the sum and output carry assuming a CUP frequency of 100 MHz Is there any

improvement in performance

10

182 Write a note on IEEE standard for floating-point numbers 08

183 Write the complete logic diagram of 4-bit carry-lookahead adder How many logic gates are

required

08

184 Using longhand methods perform the operations AxB and AdivideB on the given set of 5-bit

unsigned numbers a) A = 10101 B = 00101 b) A = 11001 B = 01000

06

185 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using Booth

Algorithm A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

08

186 Multiply each of the following pairs of signed 2rsquos ndash complement numbers using bit-paring of

the multipliers A is the multiplicand and B is the multiplier What is your observation in each

case

a) A = 010111 B = 110110 b) A = 111000 B = 011111

c) A = 001110 B = 001110 d) A = 001101 B = 010101

10

187 Using Booths multiplication algorithm multiply -13 and +107 08

188 Show the sequential multiplication process for each of the following pairs of numbers X is the

multiplier and Y is the multiplicand

a) X = 0101 Y = 1101 b) X = 1110 Y = 0111

06

189 Perform the operation of division using a) restoring and b) non-restoring method on the

following pairs of numbers X is the divisor and Y is the dividend

a) X = 0101 Y = 11111 b) X = 1001 Y = 10010

08

190 Represent the following decimal numbers using IEEE standard floating point notation 08

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 19: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

a) +1725 b) ndash25125 c) ndash008125 d) +45

191 The hexadecimal value of prod is 3243F6A8885A308D3hellip Work out the IEEE standard

representation (IEEE standard 754-1985) of prod in single and double precision formats

10

192 Give Boothrsquos algorithm to multiply two binary numbers Explain the working of the algorithm

taking an example

12

193 Explain sequential binary multiplier with the help of a neat diagram 06

194 Draw a circuit diagram for binary division and explain its operation 08

195 Perform the arithmetic operations below with binary numbers and with negative numbers in

signed-2rsquos complement representation Use seven bits to accommodate each number together

with its sign In each case determine if there is an overflow by checking the carries into and

out of the sign bit position

g (+35) + (+40)

h (-35) + (-40)

i (-35) ndash (+40)

06

196 Prove that the multiplication of two n-digit numbers in base r gives a product no more than 2n

digits in length Show that this statement implies that no overflow can occur in the

multiplication operation

06

197 What decimal value does the binary word 1010 1111 0101 0100 have when it represents an

a unsigned integer b 1rsquos complement integer

c 2rsquos complement integer d sign-magnitude integer

04

198 Design a 3-bit carry lookahead adder and determine the maximum number of gates between

any input and each of the four outputs (3 sum bits and a carry)

08

199 How many gate delays are there in the longest path from some input to some output of a 64-bit

adder using 4-bit carry lookahead groups and a multiple level structure Compare with the

longest path for a 64-bit ripple carry adder

08

200 List the rules for addition subtraction multiplication and division of floating point numbers 06

201 Explain the IEEE standard for floating point number representation 08

202 Explain with diagram the design and working of a 4-bit look ahead carry adder circuit 10

BASIC PROCESSING UNIT

OBJECTIVE A typical computing task consists of a series of steps specified by a sequence of

machine instructions that constitute a program In this chapter we focus on the processing unit

which executes machine instructions and coordinates the activities of other units In this chapter

we learn about the processorrsquos internal structure and how it performs the tasks of fetching

decoding and executing instructions of a program fundamental concepts- register transfer

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 20: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

execution of instruction control unitndashdesign of hardwired amp microprogram sequencing

microinstruction with nextndashaddress field

203 Why is the Wait-for-memory-function-completed step needed for reading from or writing to

the main memory

04

204 Assume that a memory read or write operation takes the same time as one internal processor

step and that both the processor and the memory are controlled by the same clock Estimate the

execution time of this sequence

04

205 Assume that propagation delays along the bus and through the ALU of figure 1 are 03 and 2

ns respectively The set up time for the registers is 02 ns and the hold time is 0 What is the

minimum clock period needed

04

206 Write the sequence of control steps required for the bus structure in figure 1 in each of the

following instructions

a) Add the immediate number NUM to register R1

b) Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1

c) Add the contents of the memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

Assume that each instruction consists of two words The first word specifies the operation and

the addressing mode and the second word contains the number NUM

06

207 Step Action

1 PCout MARin READ Select4 Add Zin

2 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

3 MDRout IRin

4 R3out MARin Read

5 R1out Yin WMFC

6 MDRout Select Y Add Zin

7 Zout R1in End

Consider the add instruction that has the control sequence given above The processor is driven

by a continuously running clock such that each control step is 2 ns in duration how long will

the processor have to wait in steps 2 and 5 assuming that a memory read operation takes 16 ns

to complete What percentage of time is the processor idle during execution of this

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 21: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

instruction

208 Show the control steps for the Branch on Negative instruction for a processor with three-bus

organization of the data path (Refer figure 4)

06

209 The multiplexer and feed back connection in figure 2 eliminates the need for gating the clock

input as a means of enabling and disabling register input Using a timing diagram explain the

problems that may arise if clock gating were used

08

210 Write a microroutine such as the one shown below for the instruction

MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst

when the source and destination operands are specified in index and register addressing modes

respectively

Address Microinstruction for Add (Rsrc)+ Rdst

(octal)

000 PCout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

001 Zout PCin Yin WMFC

002 MDRout IRin

003 microBranch microPClt--101 (from instruction decoder)

microPC54 [IR109 ] microPC3 [IR10 ] [IR9 ] [IR8]

121 Rsrcout MARin Read Select4 Add Zin

122 Zout Rsrcin

123 microBranch microPC 170microPC0 [IR8] WMFC

170 MDRout MARin Read WMFC

171 MDRout Yin

172 Rdstout SelectY Add Zin

173 Zout Rdstin End

06

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 22: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

211 A BGT (Branch ifgt0) machine instruction has the expression Z+(N +V)=0 as its branch

condition where Z N and V are the zero negative and overflow condition flags respectively

Write a microroutine that can implement this instruction Show the circuitry needed to test the

condition codes

08

212 What are the advantages and disadvantages of hardwired and microprogrammed control 06

213 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of the CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

08

214 Explain single bus organization of the processor 06

215 Discuss the internal and external operations performed in a computer system 04

216 Discuss the need for gating signals with an example 06

217 With the help of a neat sketch explain three-bus organization of the processor 06

218 Discuss how unconditional branching is taken into account in a control sequence 04

219 Write the sequence of control steps required to perform the following operations in a single

bus structure

j Add the contents of memory location NUM to register R1 and storing the result in NUM

k Add an immediate number VALUE to register R1 and storing the result in R1

l Add the contents of a memory location whose address is at memory location NUM to

register R1

06

220 Write the control sequence for the operation Sub R2 R3 R4 of the three-bus organization of a

processor

04

221 Discuss the organization of hardwired control unit 08

222 Describe the organization of microprogrammed control unit Define the following terms

microinstruction microoperation microroutine control word and control store

10

223 Describe how field encoding of microinstructions is implemented 06

224 Discuss two types of microinstructions 04

225 Write a microroutine for the instruction MOV X (Rsrc) Rdst 06

226 Show the basic organization of a CPU in terms of registers and other units for a single bus data

path CPU In such a CPU show the complete action of CPU in fetching and executing the

instruction

10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 23: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Load R1 from memory data at A where A is a memory address Assume the instruction is in

one process or word Indicate the control signals to be used at each stage of execution

227 Explain the basic concepts of micro programmed control 10

228 Show the control sequences for execution of Add (R3) R1 and explain 06

229 A computer has 32-bit instructions and 12-bit addresses If there are 250 two-address

instructions how many one-address instructions can be formulated

04

230 A two-word instruction is stored in memory at an address designated by the symbol W The

address field of the instruction (stored at W+1) is designated by the symbol Y The operand

used during the execution of the instruction is stored at an address symbolized by Z An index

register contains the value X State how Z is calculated from the other addresses if the

addressing mode of the instruction is

m Direct

n Indirect

o Relative

p Indexed

06

231 Perform the logic AND OR and XOR with the two binary strings 10011100 and 10101010 04

232 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of following instruction

Add (R3) R1

06

233 With neat diagram explain three bus organisation and write control sequence for the

instruction

Add R1 R2 R3

08

234 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the microprogram

04

235 Write the control sequences for execution of the following instructions

i)Add (R3)R1

ii) unconditional branch instruction

10

236 With a diagram explain hard wired control which shows separation of the decoding and

encoding function

10

237 Draw the diagram of floating point addition-subtraction unit and explain how to add or 10

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 24: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

subtract floating point numbers

238 Write and explain the control sequences for execution of an unconditional

branch instruction

05

239 Explain with block diagram the basic organization of a microprogrammed control unit

10

240 What are the modifications required in the basic organization of a microprogrammed control

unit to support conditional branching in the

microprogram

06

Marks No of Questions

04 43

05 25

06 82

08 62

10 26

12 01

20 01

Total 240

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world

Page 25: PESIT SOUTHCAMPUSpesitsouth.pes.edu/pdf/resources/CO_QB.pdfGive a short sequence of machine instructions for the task: “Add the contents of memory location A to those of location

PESIT SOUTHCAMPUS

PESIT-BSC-Education for the real world